aphakia/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
aphakia/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
aphakia/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
aphakia/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
aphakia/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
aphakia/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
aphakia/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
aphakia/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
aphakia/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
aphakia/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
aphakia/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
aphakia/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
aphakia/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
aphakia/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
aphakia/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
aphakia/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
aphakia/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
aphakia/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
aphakia/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
aphakia/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
aphakia/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
aphakia/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
aphakia/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
aphakia/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
aphakia/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
aphakia/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
aphakia/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
aphakia/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
aphakia/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
aphakia/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
aphakia/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
aphakia/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
aphakia/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
aphakia/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
aphakia/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
aphakia/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
aphakia/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
aphakia/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
aphakia/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
aphakia/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
aphakia/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
aphakia/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
ascian/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
ascian/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
ascian/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
ascian/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
ascian/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
ascian/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
ascian/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
ascian/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
ascian/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
ascian/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
ascian/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
ascian/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
ascian/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
ascian/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
ascian/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
ascian/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
ascian/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
ascian/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
ascian/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
ascian/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
ascian/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
ascian/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
ascian/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
ascian/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
ascian/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
ascian/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
ascian/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
ascian/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
ascian/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
ascian/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
ascian/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
ascian/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
ascian/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
ascian/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
ascian/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
ascian/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
ascian/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
ascian/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
ascian/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
ascian/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
ascian/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
ascian/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
bolognese/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
bolognese/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
bolognese/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
bolognese/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
bolognese/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
bolognese/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
bolognese/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
bolognese/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
bolognese/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
bolognese/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
bolognese/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
bolognese/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
bolognese/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
bolognese/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
bolognese/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
bolognese/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
bolognese/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
bolognese/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
bolognese/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
bolognese/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
bolognese/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
bolognese/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
bolognese/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
bolognese/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
bolognese/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
bolognese/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
bolognese/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
bolognese/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
bolognese/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
bolognese/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
bolognese/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
bolognese/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
bolognese/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
bolognese/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
bolognese/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
bolognese/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
bolognese/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
bolognese/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
bolognese/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
bolognese/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
bolognese/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
bolognese/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
breeze/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
breeze/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
breeze/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
breeze/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
breeze/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
breeze/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
breeze/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
breeze/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
breeze/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
breeze/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
breeze/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
breeze/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
breeze/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
breeze/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
breeze/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
breeze/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
breeze/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
breeze/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
breeze/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
breeze/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
breeze/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
breeze/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
breeze/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
breeze/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
breeze/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
breeze/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
breeze/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
breeze/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
breeze/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
breeze/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
breeze/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
breeze/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
breeze/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
breeze/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
breeze/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
breeze/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
breeze/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
breeze/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
breeze/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
breeze/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
breeze/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
breeze/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
celemin/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
celemin/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
celemin/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
celemin/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
celemin/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
celemin/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
celemin/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
celemin/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
celemin/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
celemin/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
celemin/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
celemin/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
celemin/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
celemin/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
celemin/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
celemin/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
celemin/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
celemin/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
celemin/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
celemin/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
celemin/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
celemin/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
celemin/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
celemin/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
celemin/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
celemin/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
celemin/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
celemin/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
celemin/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
celemin/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
celemin/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
celemin/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
celemin/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
celemin/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
celemin/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
celemin/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
celemin/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
celemin/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
celemin/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
celemin/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
celemin/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
celemin/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
coquilla/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
coquilla/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
coquilla/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
coquilla/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
coquilla/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
coquilla/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
coquilla/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
coquilla/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
coquilla/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
coquilla/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
coquilla/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
coquilla/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
coquilla/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
coquilla/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
coquilla/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
coquilla/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
coquilla/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
coquilla/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
coquilla/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
coquilla/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
coquilla/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
coquilla/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
coquilla/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
coquilla/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
coquilla/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
coquilla/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
coquilla/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
coquilla/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
coquilla/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
coquilla/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
coquilla/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
coquilla/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
coquilla/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
coquilla/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
coquilla/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
coquilla/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
coquilla/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
coquilla/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
coquilla/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
coquilla/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
coquilla/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
coquilla/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
filasse/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
filasse/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
filasse/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
filasse/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
filasse/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
filasse/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
filasse/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
filasse/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
filasse/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
filasse/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
filasse/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
filasse/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
filasse/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
filasse/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
filasse/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
filasse/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
filasse/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
filasse/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
filasse/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
filasse/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
filasse/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
filasse/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
filasse/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
filasse/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
filasse/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
filasse/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
filasse/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
filasse/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
filasse/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
filasse/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
filasse/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
filasse/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
filasse/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
filasse/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
filasse/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
filasse/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
filasse/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
filasse/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
filasse/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
filasse/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
filasse/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
filasse/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
gradable/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
gradable/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
gradable/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
gradable/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
gradable/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
gradable/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
gradable/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
gradable/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
gradable/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
gradable/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
gradable/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
gradable/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
gradable/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
gradable/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
gradable/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
gradable/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
gradable/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
gradable/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
gradable/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
gradable/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
gradable/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
gradable/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
gradable/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
gradable/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
gradable/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
gradable/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
gradable/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
gradable/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
gradable/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
gradable/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
gradable/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
gradable/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
gradable/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
gradable/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
gradable/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
gradable/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
gradable/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
gradable/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
gradable/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
gradable/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
gradable/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
gradable/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
harbinger/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
harbinger/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
harbinger/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
harbinger/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
harbinger/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
harbinger/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
harbinger/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
harbinger/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
harbinger/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
harbinger/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
harbinger/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
harbinger/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
harbinger/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
harbinger/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
harbinger/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
harbinger/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
harbinger/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
harbinger/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
harbinger/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
harbinger/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
harbinger/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
harbinger/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
harbinger/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
harbinger/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
harbinger/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
harbinger/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
harbinger/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
harbinger/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
harbinger/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
harbinger/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
harbinger/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
harbinger/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
harbinger/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
harbinger/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
harbinger/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
harbinger/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
harbinger/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
harbinger/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
harbinger/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
harbinger/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
harbinger/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
harbinger/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
kashima/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
kashima/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
kashima/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
kashima/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
kashima/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
kashima/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
kashima/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
kashima/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
kashima/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
kashima/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
kashima/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
kashima/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
kashima/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
kashima/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
kashima/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
kashima/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
kashima/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
kashima/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
kashima/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
kashima/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
kashima/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
kashima/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
kashima/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
kashima/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
kashima/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
kashima/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
kashima/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
kashima/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
kashima/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
kashima/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
kashima/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
kashima/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
kashima/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
kashima/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
kashima/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
kashima/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
kashima/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
kashima/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
kashima/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
kashima/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
kashima/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
kashima/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
knockdown/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
knockdown/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
knockdown/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
knockdown/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
knockdown/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
knockdown/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
knockdown/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
knockdown/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
knockdown/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
knockdown/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
knockdown/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
knockdown/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
knockdown/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
knockdown/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
knockdown/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
knockdown/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
knockdown/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
knockdown/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
knockdown/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
knockdown/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
knockdown/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
knockdown/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
knockdown/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
knockdown/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
knockdown/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
knockdown/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
knockdown/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
knockdown/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
knockdown/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
knockdown/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
knockdown/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
knockdown/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
knockdown/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
knockdown/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
knockdown/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
knockdown/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
knockdown/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
knockdown/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
knockdown/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
knockdown/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
knockdown/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
knockdown/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
manful/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
manful/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
manful/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
manful/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
manful/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
manful/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
manful/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
manful/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
manful/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
manful/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
manful/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
manful/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
manful/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
manful/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
manful/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
manful/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
manful/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
manful/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
manful/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
manful/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
manful/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
manful/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
manful/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
manful/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
manful/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
manful/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
manful/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
manful/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
manful/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
manful/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
manful/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
manful/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
manful/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
manful/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
manful/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
manful/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
manful/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
manful/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
manful/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
manful/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
manful/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
manful/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
maximal/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
maximal/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
maximal/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
maximal/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
maximal/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
maximal/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
maximal/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
maximal/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
maximal/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
maximal/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
maximal/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
maximal/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
maximal/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
maximal/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
maximal/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
maximal/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
maximal/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
maximal/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
maximal/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
maximal/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
maximal/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
maximal/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
maximal/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
maximal/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
maximal/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
maximal/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
maximal/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
maximal/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
maximal/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
maximal/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
maximal/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
maximal/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
maximal/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
maximal/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
maximal/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
maximal/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
maximal/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
maximal/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
maximal/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
maximal/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
maximal/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
maximal/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
periclase/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
periclase/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
periclase/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
periclase/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
periclase/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
periclase/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
periclase/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
periclase/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
periclase/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
periclase/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
periclase/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
periclase/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
periclase/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
periclase/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
periclase/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
periclase/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
periclase/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
periclase/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
periclase/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
periclase/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
periclase/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
periclase/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
periclase/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
periclase/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
periclase/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
periclase/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
periclase/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
periclase/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
periclase/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
periclase/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
periclase/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
periclase/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
periclase/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
periclase/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
periclase/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
periclase/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
periclase/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
periclase/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
periclase/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
periclase/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
periclase/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
periclase/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
poesis/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
poesis/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
poesis/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
poesis/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
poesis/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
poesis/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
poesis/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
poesis/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
poesis/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
poesis/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
poesis/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
poesis/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
poesis/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
poesis/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
poesis/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
poesis/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
poesis/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
poesis/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
poesis/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
poesis/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
poesis/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
poesis/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
poesis/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
poesis/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
poesis/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
poesis/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
poesis/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
poesis/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
poesis/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
poesis/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
poesis/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
poesis/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
poesis/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
poesis/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
poesis/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
poesis/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
poesis/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
poesis/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
poesis/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
poesis/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
poesis/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
poesis/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
proton/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
proton/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
proton/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
proton/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
proton/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
proton/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
proton/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
proton/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
proton/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
proton/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
proton/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
proton/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
proton/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
proton/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
proton/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
proton/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
proton/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
proton/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
proton/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
proton/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
proton/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
proton/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
proton/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
proton/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
proton/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
proton/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
proton/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
proton/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
proton/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
proton/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
proton/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
proton/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
proton/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
proton/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
proton/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
proton/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
proton/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
proton/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
proton/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
proton/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
proton/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
proton/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
recedence/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
recedence/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
recedence/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
recedence/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
recedence/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
recedence/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
recedence/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
recedence/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
recedence/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
recedence/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
recedence/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
recedence/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
recedence/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
recedence/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
recedence/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
recedence/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
recedence/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
recedence/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
recedence/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
recedence/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
recedence/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
recedence/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
recedence/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
recedence/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
recedence/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
recedence/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
recedence/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
recedence/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
recedence/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
recedence/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
recedence/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
recedence/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
recedence/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
recedence/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
recedence/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
recedence/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
recedence/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
recedence/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
recedence/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
recedence/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
recedence/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
recedence/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
scram/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
scram/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
scram/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
scram/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
scram/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
scram/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
scram/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
scram/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
scram/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
scram/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
scram/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
scram/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
scram/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
scram/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
scram/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
scram/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
scram/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
scram/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
scram/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
scram/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
scram/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
scram/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
scram/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
scram/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
scram/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
scram/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
scram/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
scram/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
scram/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
scram/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
scram/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
scram/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
scram/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
scram/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
scram/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
scram/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
scram/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
scram/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
scram/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
scram/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
scram/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
scram/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
server/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
server/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
server/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
server/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
server/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
server/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
server/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
server/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
server/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
server/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
server/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
server/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
server/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
server/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
server/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
server/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
server/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
server/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
server/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
server/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
server/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
server/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
server/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
server/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
server/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
server/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
server/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
server/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
server/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
server/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
server/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
server/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
server/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
server/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
server/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
server/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
server/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
server/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
server/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
server/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
server/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
server/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
shrubbish/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
shrubbish/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
shrubbish/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
shrubbish/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
shrubbish/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
shrubbish/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
shrubbish/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
shrubbish/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
shrubbish/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
shrubbish/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
shrubbish/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
shrubbish/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
shrubbish/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
shrubbish/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
shrubbish/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
shrubbish/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
shrubbish/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
shrubbish/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
shrubbish/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
shrubbish/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
shrubbish/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
shrubbish/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
shrubbish/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
shrubbish/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
shrubbish/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
shrubbish/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
shrubbish/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
shrubbish/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
shrubbish/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
shrubbish/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
shrubbish/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
shrubbish/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
shrubbish/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
shrubbish/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
shrubbish/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
shrubbish/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
shrubbish/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
shrubbish/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
shrubbish/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
shrubbish/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
shrubbish/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
shrubbish/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
sultam/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
sultam/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
sultam/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
sultam/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
sultam/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
sultam/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
sultam/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
sultam/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
sultam/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
sultam/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
sultam/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
sultam/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
sultam/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
sultam/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
sultam/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
sultam/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
sultam/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
sultam/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
sultam/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
sultam/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
sultam/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
sultam/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
sultam/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
sultam/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
sultam/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
sultam/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
sultam/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
sultam/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
sultam/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
sultam/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
sultam/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
sultam/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
sultam/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
sultam/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
sultam/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
sultam/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
sultam/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
sultam/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
sultam/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
sultam/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
sultam/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
sultam/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
virtuoso/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
virtuoso/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
virtuoso/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
virtuoso/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
virtuoso/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
virtuoso/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
virtuoso/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
virtuoso/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
virtuoso/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
virtuoso/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
virtuoso/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
virtuoso/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
virtuoso/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
virtuoso/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
virtuoso/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
virtuoso/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
virtuoso/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
virtuoso/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
virtuoso/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
virtuoso/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
virtuoso/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
virtuoso/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
virtuoso/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
virtuoso/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
virtuoso/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
virtuoso/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
virtuoso/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
virtuoso/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
virtuoso/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
virtuoso/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
virtuoso/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
virtuoso/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
virtuoso/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
virtuoso/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
virtuoso/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
virtuoso/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
virtuoso/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
virtuoso/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
virtuoso/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
virtuoso/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
virtuoso/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
virtuoso/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
wherrit/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
wherrit/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
wherrit/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
wherrit/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
wherrit/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
wherrit/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
wherrit/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
wherrit/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
wherrit/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
wherrit/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
wherrit/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
wherrit/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
wherrit/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
wherrit/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
wherrit/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
wherrit/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
wherrit/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
wherrit/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
wherrit/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
wherrit/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
wherrit/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
wherrit/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
wherrit/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
wherrit/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
wherrit/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
wherrit/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
wherrit/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
wherrit/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
wherrit/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
wherrit/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
wherrit/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
wherrit/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
wherrit/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
wherrit/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
wherrit/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
wherrit/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
wherrit/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
wherrit/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
wherrit/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
wherrit/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
wherrit/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
wherrit/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
winsome/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
winsome/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
winsome/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
winsome/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
winsome/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
winsome/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
winsome/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
winsome/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
winsome/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
winsome/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
winsome/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
winsome/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
winsome/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
winsome/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
winsome/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
winsome/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
winsome/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
winsome/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
winsome/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
winsome/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
winsome/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
winsome/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
winsome/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
winsome/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
winsome/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
winsome/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
winsome/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
winsome/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
winsome/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
winsome/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
winsome/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
winsome/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
winsome/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
winsome/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
winsome/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
winsome/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
winsome/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
winsome/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
winsome/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
winsome/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
winsome/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
winsome/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
wirelike/dark
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
wirelike/light
https://github.com/multitheftauto/multitheftauto/tree/master/MTA10_Server/mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 1 /*****************************************************************************
 2 *
 3 *  PROJECT:     Multi Theft Auto v1.0
 4 *  LICENSE:     See LICENSE in the top level directory
 5 *  FILE:        mods/deathmatch/logic/packets/CPickupHideShowPacket.cpp
 6 *  PURPOSE:     Pickup hide/show packet class
 7 *  DEVELOPERS:  Christian Myhre Lundheim <>
 8 *               Jax <>
 9 *
10 *  Multi Theft Auto is available from http://www.multitheftauto.com/
11 *
12 *****************************************************************************/
13 
14 #include "StdInc.h"
15 
16 bool CPickupHideShowPacket::Write ( NetBitStreamInterface& BitStream ) const
17 {
18     // Got more than zero pickups added?
19     if ( m_List.size () > 0 )
20     {
21         // Write the flags
22         BitStream.WriteBit ( m_bShow );
23 
24         // Write the pickup ids
25         unsigned short usPickupModelID;
26         CPickup* pPickup;
27         vector < CPickup* > ::const_iterator iter = m_List.begin ();
28         for ( ; iter != m_List.end (); iter++ )
29         {
30             pPickup = *iter;
31             usPickupModelID = 0;
32 
33             // Grab the pickup type and set the pickup model id using it
34             unsigned char ucPickupType = pPickup->GetPickupType ();
35             switch ( ucPickupType )
36             {
37                 case CPickup::HEALTH: usPickupModelID = 1240break;
38                 case CPickup::ARMOR: usPickupModelID = 1242break;
39                 case CPickup::WEAPON: usPickupModelID = CPickupManager::GetWeaponModel ( pPickup->GetWeaponType () ); break;
40                 case CPickup::CUSTOM: usPickupModelID = pPickup->GetModel (); break;
41                 defaultbreak;
42             }
43 
44             // Is the pickup model valid?
45             if ( usPickupModelID != 0 )
46             {
47                 // Write the pickup model id and id
48                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( pPickup->GetID () );
49                 BitStream.WriteCompressed ( usPickupModelID );
50             }
51         }
52 
53         return true;
54     }
55 
56     return false;
57 }
wirelike/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
wirelike/light
https://github.com/mirrors/linux-2.6/tree/master/drivers/media/rc/keymaps/rc-pinnacle-grey.c
 1 /* pinnacle-grey.h - Keytable for pinnacle_grey Remote Controller
 2  *
 3  * keymap imported from ir-keymaps.c
 4  *
 5  * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
 6  *
 7  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 8  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 9  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10  * (at your option) any later version.
11  */
12 
13 #include <media/rc-map.h>
14 
15 static struct rc_map_table pinnacle_grey[] = {
16     { 0x3a, KEY_0 },
17     { 0x31, KEY_1 },
18     { 0x32, KEY_2 },
19     { 0x33, KEY_3 },
20     { 0x34, KEY_4 },
21     { 0x35, KEY_5 },
22     { 0x36, KEY_6 },
23     { 0x37, KEY_7 },
24     { 0x38, KEY_8 },
25     { 0x39, KEY_9 },
26 
27     { 0x2f, KEY_POWER },
28 
29     { 0x2e, KEY_P },
30     { 0x1f, KEY_L },
31     { 0x2b, KEY_I },
32 
33     { 0x2d, KEY_SCREEN },
34     { 0x1e, KEY_ZOOM },
35     { 0x1b, KEY_VOLUMEUP },
36     { 0x0f, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN },
37     { 0x17, KEY_CHANNELUP },
38     { 0x1c, KEY_CHANNELDOWN },
39     { 0x25, KEY_INFO },
40 
41     { 0x3c, KEY_MUTE },
42 
43     { 0x3d, KEY_LEFT },
44     { 0x3b, KEY_RIGHT },
45 
46     { 0x3f, KEY_UP },
47     { 0x3e, KEY_DOWN },
48     { 0x1a, KEY_ENTER },
49 
50     { 0x1d, KEY_MENU },
51     { 0x19, KEY_AGAIN },
52     { 0x16, KEY_PREVIOUSSONG },
53     { 0x13, KEY_NEXTSONG },
54     { 0x15, KEY_PAUSE },
55     { 0x0e, KEY_REWIND },
56     { 0x0d, KEY_PLAY },
57     { 0x0b, KEY_STOP },
58     { 0x07, KEY_FORWARD },
59     { 0x27, KEY_RECORD },
60     { 0x26, KEY_TUNER },
61     { 0x29, KEY_TEXT },
62     { 0x2a, KEY_MEDIA },
63     { 0x18, KEY_EPG },
64 };
65 
66 static struct rc_map_list pinnacle_grey_map = {
67     .map = {
68         .scan    = pinnacle_grey,
69         .size    = ARRAY_SIZE(pinnacle_grey),
70         .rc_type = RC_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /* Legacy IR type */
71         .name    = RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY,
72     }
73 };
74 
75 static int __init init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
76 {
77     return rc_map_register(&pinnacle_grey_map);
78 }
79 
80 static void __exit exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey(void)
81 {
82     rc_map_unregister(&pinnacle_grey_map);
83 }
84 
85 module_init(init_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
86 module_exit(exit_rc_map_pinnacle_grey)
87 
88 MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
89 MODULE_AUTHOR("Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>");
wirelike/dark
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
wirelike/light
https://github.com/nhibernate/nhibernate-core/tree/master/src/NHibernate.Test/NHSpecificTest/NH480/Fixture.cs
 1 using System;
 2 using System.Globalization;
 3 using System.Threading;
 4 using NHibernate.Cfg;
 5 using NHibernate.Properties;
 6 using NUnit.Framework;
 7 
 8 namespace NHibernate.Test.NHSpecificTest.NH480
 9 {
10     /// <summary>
11     /// This fixture is run in a Turkish locale because Turkish has special casing
12     /// rules for I and i.
13     /// </summary>
14     /// <remarks>
15     /// The rules are as follows:
16     /// <list>
17     ///     <item>I (uppercase dotless i) is mapped to dotless lowercase i by ToLower</item>
18     ///     <item>Lowercase i with a dot is mapped to uppercase I with a dot above by ToUpper</item>
19     /// </list>
20     /// This test checks that field naming strategies handle this correctly.
21     /// </remarks>
22     /// </summary>
23     [TestFixture]
24     public class Fixture
25     {
26         private CultureInfo currentCulture = null;
27         private CultureInfo currentUICulture = null;
28 
29         [TestFixtureSetUp]
30         public void TestFixtureSetUp()
31         {
32             currentCulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture;
33             currentUICulture = Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture;
34 
35             CultureInfo turkish = new CultureInfo("tr-TR");
36             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = turkish;
37             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = turkish;
38         }
39 
40         [TestFixtureTearDown]
41         public void TestFixtureTearDown()
42         {
43             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = currentCulture;
44             Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = currentUICulture;
45         }
46 
47         [Test]
48         public void CheckIII()
49         {
50             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new CamelCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
51             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new CamelCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("Iii"));
52 
53             Assert.AreEqual("iii"new LowerCaseStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
54             Assert.AreEqual("_iii"new LowerCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("III"));
55 
56             Assert.AreEqual("m_Iii"new PascalCaseMUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
57             Assert.AreEqual("_Iii"new PascalCaseUnderscoreStrategy().GetFieldName("iii"));
58 
59             Assert.AreEqual("iii_iii_iii", ImprovedNamingStrategy.Instance.ColumnName("IiiIiiIii"));
60         }
61     }
62 }
wirelike/dark
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
wirelike/light
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/tree/master/drivers/staging/rtl8712/rtl8712_efuse.h
 1 #ifndef __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 2 #define __RTL8712_EFUSE_H__
 3 
 4 #include "osdep_service.h"
 5 
 6 
 7 #define _REPEAT_THRESHOLD_  3
 8 
 9 #define EFUSE_MAX_SIZE      512
10 #define EFUSE_MAP_MAX_SIZE  128
11 
12 #define PGPKG_MAX_WORDS 4
13 #define PGPKT_DATA_SIZE 8 /* PGPKG_MAX_WORDS*2; BYTES sizeof(u8)*8*/
14 #define MAX_PGPKT_SIZE  9 /* 1 + PGPKT_DATA_SIZE; header + 2 * 4 words (BYTES)*/
15 
16 #define GET_EFUSE_OFFSET(header)    ((header & 0xF0) >> 4)
17 #define GET_EFUSE_WORD_EN(header)   (header & 0x0F)
18 #define MAKE_EFUSE_HEADER(offset, word_en)  (((offset & 0x0F) << 4) | \
19                         (word_en & 0x0F))
20 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
21 struct PGPKT_STRUCT {
22     u8 offset;
23     u8 word_en;
24     u8 data[PGPKT_DATA_SIZE];
25 };
26 /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 u8 r8712_efuse_reg_init(struct _adapter *padapter);
28 void r8712_efuse_reg_uninit(struct _adapter *padapter);
29 u16 r8712_efuse_get_current_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
30 int r8712_efuse_get_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
31 void r8712_efuse_change_max_size(struct _adapter *padapter);
32 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_read(struct _adapter *padapter,
33                   u8 offset, u8 *data);
34 u8 r8712_efuse_pg_packet_write(struct _adapter *padapter,
35                    const u8 offset, const u8 word_en,
36                    const u8 *data);
37 u8 r8712_efuse_access(struct _adapter *padapter, u8 bRead,
38               u16 start_addr, u16 cnts, u8 *data);
39 u8 r8712_efuse_map_read(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
40             u16 cnts, u8 *data);
41 u8 r8712_efuse_map_write(struct _adapter *padapter, u16 addr,
42                 u16 cnts, u8 *data);
43 #endif
wirelike/dark
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
wirelike/light
https://github.com/nablaone/slime/tree/master/contrib/swank-indentation.lisp
 1 (in-package :swank)
 2 
 3 (defvar *application-hints-tables* '()
 4   "A list of hash tables mapping symbols to indentation hints (lists 
 5 of symbols and numbers as per cl-indent.el). Applications can add hash 
 6 tables to the list to change the auto indentation slime sends to 
 7 emacs.")
 8 
 9 (defun has-application-indentation-hint-p (symbol)
10   (let ((default (load-time-value (gensym))))
11     (dolist (table *application-hints-tables*)
12       (let ((indentation (gethash symbol table default)))
13         (unless (eq default indentation)
14           (return-from has-application-indentation-hint-p
15             (values indentation t))))))
16   (values nil nil))
17 
18 (defun application-indentation-hint (symbol)
19   (let ((indentation (has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)))
20     (labels ((walk (indentation-spec)
21                (etypecase indentation-spec
22                  (null nil)
23                  (number indentation-spec)
24                  (symbol (string-downcase indentation-spec))
25                  (cons (cons (walk (car indentation-spec))
26                              (walk (cdr indentation-spec)))))))
27       (walk indentation))))
28 
29 ;;; override swank version of this function
30 (defun symbol-indentation (symbol)
31   "Return a form describing the indentation of SYMBOL. 
32 
33 The form is to be used as the `common-lisp-indent-function' property 
34 in Emacs."
35   (cond
36     ((has-application-indentation-hint-p symbol)
37      (application-indentation-hint symbol))
38     ((and (macro-function symbol)
39              (not (known-to-emacs-p symbol)))
40      (let ((arglist (arglist symbol)))
41        (etypecase arglist
42          ((member :not-available)
43           nil)
44          (list
45           (macro-indentation arglist)))))
46     (t nil)))
wirelike/dark
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
wirelike/light
https://github.com/bbatsov/emacs-dev-kit/tree/master/vendor/magit/contrib/magit-simple-keys.el
 1 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el --- simple keybindings for Magit
 2 
 3 ;; Copyright (C) 2011  Ramkumar Ramachandra
 4 ;;
 5 ;; Magit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 6 ;; under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 8 ;; any later version.
 9 ;;
10 ;; Magit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ;; ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
12 ;; or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
13 ;; License for more details.
14 ;;
15 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 ;; along with Magit.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 
18 ;;; Commentary:
19 
20 ;; This plug-in overrides the keybindings in magit-key-mode with
21 ;; simpler keybindings; it does this by picking the most obviously
22 ;; used command in each key group
23 
24 ;;; Code:
25 
26 (require 'magit)
27 
28 (defvar magit-key-mode-mapping
29   '((logging magit-display-log)
30     (running magit-shell-command)
31     (fetching magit-fetch-current)
32     (pushing magit-push)
33     (pulling magit-pull)
34     (branching magit-checkout)
35     (tagging magit-tag)
36     (stashing magit-stash)
37     (merging magit-merge)
38     (submodule magit-submodule-update)))
39 
40 (defun magit-key-mode-generate (term mapping-function)
41   "Generate alias for the key-group term"
42   (eval
43    `(defalias ',(intern (concat "magit-key-mode-popup-" (symbol-name term)))
44     mapping-function)))
45 
46 ;; generate the aliases using the mapping in key-mode-mapping
47 (mapc (lambda (g)
48         (magit-key-mode-generate (car g) (cadr g)))
49       magit-key-mode-mapping)
50 
51 (provide 'magit-simple-keys)
52 ;;; magit-simple-keys.el ends here
wirelike/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
wirelike/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/common_test/test/ct_hooks_SUITE_data/cth/tests/ct_cth_prio_SUITE.erl
 1 %%^M
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%^M
 3 %%^M
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2010-2011. All Rights Reserved.^M
 5 %%^M
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,^M
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in^M
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the^M
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be^M
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.^M
11 %%^M
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"^M
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See^M
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations^M
15 %% under the License.^M
16 %%^M
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%^M
18 %%^M
19 ^M
20 -module(ct_cth_prio_SUITE).^M
21 ^M
22 %% Note: This directive should only be used in test suites.^M
23 -compile(export_all).^M
24 ^M
25 -include("ct.hrl").^M
26 ^M
27 suite() ->^M
28     ([{timetrap{minutes10}},^M
29       {ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[800],800},^M
30       {prio_cth,[1200]},{prio_cth,[1200,1050],1050}]}]).^M
31 ^M
32 %% Test server callback functions^M
33 init_per_suite(Config->^M
34     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[700],700},^M
35      {prio_cth,[600,600]},^M
36      {prio_cth,[600,200],200}]}|Config].^M
37 ^M
38 end_per_suite(_Config->^M
39     ok.^M
40 ^M
41 init_per_group(_GConfig->^M
42     [{ct_hooks[{empty_cth,[600],600},^M
43      {prio_cth,[900,900]},{prio_cth,[500,900],900}]}|Config].^M
44 ^M
45 end_per_group(_G_Config->^M
46     ok.^M
47 ^M
48 init_per_testcase(_TestCaseConfig->^M
49     Config.^M
50 ^M
51 end_per_testcase(_TestCase_Config->^M
52     ok.^M
53 ^M
54 all() ->^M
55     [{group,test_group}].^M
56 ^M
57 groups() ->^M
58     [{test_group,[],[test_case]}].^M
59 ^M
60 %% Test cases starts here.^M
61 test_case(Configwhen is_list(Config->^M
62     ok.^M
wirelike/dark
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
wirelike/light
https://github.com/erlang/otp/tree/master/lib/percept/src/percept.hrl
 1 %%
 2 %% %CopyrightBegin%
 3 %%
 4 %% Copyright Ericsson AB 2007-2010. All Rights Reserved.
 5 %%
 6 %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License,
 7 %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
 8 %% compliance with the License. You should have received a copy of the
 9 %% Erlang Public License along with this software. If not, it can be
10 %% retrieved online at http://www.erlang.org/.
11 %%
12 %% Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
13 %% basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See
14 %% the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
15 %% under the License.
16 %%
17 %% %CopyrightEnd%
18 %% 
19 
20 -define(seconds(EndTs,StartTs), timer:now_diff(EndTsStartTs)/1000000).
21 
22 %%% ------------------- %%%
23 %%% Type definitions  %%%
24 %%% ------------------- %%%
25 
26 -type timestamp() :: {non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer(), non_neg_integer()}.
27 -type true_mfa() :: {atom(), atom(), byte() | list()}.
28 -type state() :: 'active' | 'inactive'.
29 -type scheduler_id() :: {'scheduler_id'non_neg_integer()}.
30 
31 %%% ------------------- %%%
32 %%%   Records   %%%
33 %%% ------------------- %%%
34 
35 -record(activity{
36   timestamp     ,%:: timestamp() , 
37   id      ,%:: pid() | port() | scheduler_id(), 
38   state = undefined ,%:: state() | 'undefined', 
39   where = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
40   runnable_count = 0  %:: non_neg_integer()
41   }).
42 
43 -record(information{
44   id      ,%:: pid() | port(), 
45   name = undefined  ,%:: atom() | string() | 'undefined', 
46   entry = undefined ,%:: true_mfa() | 'undefined', 
47   start = undefined   ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined',
48   stop = undefined  ,%:: timestamp() | 'undefined', 
49   parent = undefined  ,%:: pid() | 'undefined',
50   children = []   %:: [pid()]
51   }).
52 
wirelike/dark
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
wirelike/light
https://github.com/yi-editor/yi/tree/master/yi-contrib/src/Yi/Style/Misc.hs
 1 module Yi.Style.Misc (happyDeluxe,  textExMachina) where
 2 
 3 import Data.Monoid
 4 
 5 -- Have to import global Yi space to get access to Data.Prototype. That should
 6 -- be split into a separate package.
 7 import Yi
 8 
 9 -- TextMate themes are available on the TM wiki:
10 -- http://wiki.macromates.com/Themes/UserSubmittedThemes
11 
12 -- | Theme originally designed by Joseph Andrew Magnani for TextMate, and
13 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
14 happyDeluxe :: Theme
15 happyDeluxe = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
16   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes
17   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255 }
18   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 255 255 255, background = RGB 14 19 30 }
19 
20   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 21 40 90)
21 
22   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 53 73 124)
23   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 254 144 6)
24   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 20 222 209)
25   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 253 102 249)
26   , typeStyle          = mempty
27   , operatorStyle      = mempty
28   , errorStyle         = withFg (RGB 252 45 7)
29   }
30 
31 -- | Theme originally developed by Matthew Ratzloff for TextMate, and
32 -- redistributed with explicit permission. It is not usable in the vty UI.
33 textExMachina :: Theme
34 textExMachina = defaultTheme `override` \super _ -> super
35   { modelineAttributes = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
36   , tabBarAttributes   = emptyAttributes { foreground = black }
37   , baseAttributes     = emptyAttributes { foreground = RGB 230 230 230, background = RGB 21 21 21 }
38 
39   , selectedStyle      = withBg (RGB 102 102 102)
40 
41   , commentStyle       = withFg (RGB 51 51 51)
42   , keywordStyle       = withFg (RGB 119 124 178)
43   , numberStyle        = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
44   , stringStyle        = withFg (RGB 102 204 255)
45   , typeStyle          = withFg (RGB 174 129 255)
46   , variableStyle      = withFg (RGB 255 255 255)
47   , operatorStyle      = withFg (RGB 151 255 127)
48   }
wirelike/dark
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
wirelike/light
https://github.com/Bukkit/CraftBukkit/tree/master/src/main/java/org/bukkit/craftbukkit/entity/CraftFireball.java
 1 package org.bukkit.craftbukkit.entity;
 2 
 3 import net.minecraft.server.EntityFireball;
 4 import net.minecraft.server.EntityLiving;
 5 
 6 import org.bukkit.craftbukkit.CraftServer;
 7 import org.bukkit.entity.Fireball;
 8 import org.bukkit.entity.LivingEntity;
 9 import org.bukkit.util.Vector;
10 
11 public class CraftFireball extends AbstractProjectile implements Fireball {
12     public CraftFireball(CraftServer server, EntityFireball entity) {
13         super(server, entity);
14     }
15 
16     @Override
17     public String toString() {
18         return "CraftFireball";
19     }
20 
21     public float getYield() {
22         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield;
23     }
24 
25     public boolean isIncendiary() {
26         return ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary;
27     }
28 
29     public void setIsIncendiary(boolean isIncendiary) {
30         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).isIncendiary = isIncendiary;
31     }
32 
33     public void setYield(float yield) {
34         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).yield = yield;
35     }
36 
37     public LivingEntity getShooter() {
38         if (((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter != null) {
39             return (LivingEntity) ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter.getBukkitEntity();
40         }
41 
42         return null;
43 
44     }
45 
46     public void setShooter(LivingEntity shooter) {
47         if (shooter instanceof CraftLivingEntity) {
48             ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).shooter = (EntityLiving) ((CraftLivingEntity) shooter).entity;
49         }
50     }
51 
52     public Vector getDirection() {
53         return new Vector(((EntityFireball) getHandle()).c, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).d, ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).e);
54     }
55 
56     public void setDirection(Vector direction) {
57         ((EntityFireball) getHandle()).setDirection(direction.getX(), direction.getY(), direction.getZ());
58     }
59 }
wirelike/dark
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
wirelike/light
https://github.com/joyent/node/tree/master/test/simple/test-script-static-context.js
 1 // Copyright Joyent, Inc. and other Node contributors.
 2 //
 3 // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 4 // copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
 5 // "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
 6 // without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
 7 // distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
 8 // persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
 9 // following conditions:
10 //
11 // The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
12 // in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
13 //
14 // THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
15 // OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
16 // MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
17 // NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
18 // DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
19 // OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
20 // USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21 
22 var common = require('../common');
23 var assert = require('assert');
24 
25 var Script = require('vm').Script;
26 
27 common.debug('run in a new empty context');
28 var context = Script.createContext();
29 var result = Script.runInContext('"passed";', context);
30 assert.equal('passed', result);
31 
32 common.debug('create a new pre-populated context');
33 context = Script.createContext({'foo''bar''thing''lala'});
34 assert.equal('bar', context.foo);
35 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
36 
37 common.debug('test updating context');
38 result = Script.runInContext('var foo = 3;', context);
39 assert.equal(3, context.foo);
40 assert.equal('lala', context.thing);
wirelike/dark
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
wirelike/light
https://github.com/UPenn-RoboCup/UPennalizers/tree/master/Player/BodyFSM/NaoDemo/bodyGotoCenter.lua
 1 module(..., package.seeall);
 2 
 3 require('Body')
 4 require('walk')
 5 require('vector')
 6 require('Config')
 7 require('wcm')
 8 require('gcm')
 9 
10 t0 = 0;
11 timeout = 10.0;
12 
13 maxStep = 0.06;
14 
15 rClose = 0.30;
16 
17 tLost = 3.0;
18 
19 
20 function entry()
21   print(_NAME.." entry");
22 
23   t0 = Body.get_time();
24 end
25 
26 function update()
27   local t = Body.get_time();
28 
29   ball = wcm.get_ball();
30   pose = wcm.get_pose();
31   ballGlobal = util.pose_global({ball.x, ball.y, 0}{pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
32   tBall = Body.get_time() - ball.t;
33 
34   id = gcm.get_team_player_id();
35   role = gcm.get_team_role();
36   if id == 1 then
37     -- goalie
38     centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend());
39     centerPosition[1] = centerPosition[1] - util.sign(centerPosition[1]) * .5;
40     -- face center
41     centerPosition[3] = math.atan2(centerPosition[2], 0 - centerPosition[1]);
42 
43     -- use stricter thresholds
44     thAlign = 10*math.pi/180;
45     rClose = .1;
46   else
47     if (role == 2then
48       -- defend
49       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_defend())/2.0;
50     elseif (role == 3then
51       -- support
52       centerPosition = vector.zeros(3);
53     else
54       -- attack
55       centerPosition = vector.new(wcm.get_goal_attack())/2.0;
56     end
57   end
58 
59   centerRelative = util.pose_relative(centerPosition, {pose.x, pose.y, pose.a});
60   rCenterRelative = math.sqrt(centerRelative[1]^2 + centerRelative[2]^2);
61 
62   vx = maxStep * centerRelative[1]/rCenterRelative;
63   vy = maxStep * centerRelative[2]/rCenterRelative;
64   if id == 1 then
65     va = .2 * centerRelative[3];
66   else
67     va = .2 * math.atan2(centerRelative[2], centerRelative[1]);
68   end
69   walk.set_velocity(vx, vy, va);
70 
71   ballR = math.sqrt(ball.x^2 + ball.y^2);
72   if (tBall < 1.0then
73     return 'ballFound';
74   end
75   if ((t - t0 > 2.0and (rCenterRelative < rClose)) then
76     return 'done';
77   end
78   if (t - t0 > timeout) then
79     return "timeout";
80   end
81 end
82 
83 function exit()
84 end
85 
wirelike/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
wirelike/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UINavigator/Sources/TTURLLiteral.m
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/private/TTURLLiteral.h"
18 
19 // Core
20 #import "Three20Core/TTCorePreprocessorMacros.h"
21 
22 
23 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
25 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
26 @implementation TTURLLiteral
27 
28 @synthesize name = _name;
29 
30 
31 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32 (void)dealloc {
33   TT_RELEASE_SAFELY(_name);
34 
35   [super dealloc];
36 }
37 
38 
39 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
40 (BOOL)match:(NSString*)text {
41   return [text isEqualToString:_name];
42 }
43 
44 
45 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
46 (NSString*)convertPropertyOfObject:(id)object {
47   return _name;
48 }
49 
50 
51 @end
wirelike/dark
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
wirelike/light
https://github.com/facebook/three20/tree/master/src/Three20UI/Headers/TTSplitViewController.h
 1 //
 2 // Copyright 2009-2011 Facebook
 3 //
 4 // Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
 5 // you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
 6 // You may obtain a copy of the License at
 7 //
 8 //    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
 9 //
10 // Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
11 // distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
12 // WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
13 // See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
14 // limitations under the License.
15 //
16 
17 #import "Three20UINavigator/TTNavigatorRootContainer.h"
18 
19 @class TTNavigator;
20 
21 /**
22  * A split view controller that implements the navigator root protocol.
23  *
24  * See the TTCatalog sample app for an example of this controller in action.
25  */
26 @interface TTSplitViewController : UISplitViewController <
27   UISplitViewControllerDelegate,
28   TTNavigatorRootContainer
29 > {
30 @private
31   TTNavigator* _leftNavigator;
32   TTNavigator* _rightNavigator;
33 
34   UIBarButtonItem*      _splitViewButton;
35   UIPopoverController*  _popoverSplitController;
36 }
37 
38 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          leftNavigator;
39 @property (nonatomic, readonly) TTNavigator*          rightNavigator;
40 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIBarButtonItem*      splitViewButton;
41 @property (nonatomic, retain)   UIPopoverController*  popoverSplitController;
42 
43 
44 /**
45  * Show/hide the button as the right-side navigator's root navigation item's left button.
46  */
47 (void)updateSplitViewButton;
48 
49 @end
wirelike/dark
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
wirelike/light
https://github.com/mirrors/perl/tree/master/t/lib/common.pl
 1 # This code is used by lib/charnames.t, lib/feature.t, lib/subs.t,
 2 # lib/strict.t and lib/warnings.t
 3 #
 4 # On input, $::local_tests is the number of tests in the caller; or
 5 # 'no_plan' if unknown, in which case it is the caller's responsibility
 6 # to call cur_test() to find out how many this executed
 7 
 8 BEGIN {
 9     require './test.pl';
10 }
11 
12 use Config;
13 use File::Path;
14 use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile curdir rel2abs);
15 
16 use strict;
17 use warnings;
18 my (undef$file) = caller;
19 my ($pragma_name) = $file =~ /([A-Za-z_0-9]+)\.t$/
20     or die "Can't identify pragama to test from file name '$file'";
21 
22 $| = 1;
23 
24 my @prgs = () ;
25 my @w_files = () ;
26 
27 if (@ARGV)
28   { print "ARGV = [@ARGV]\n" ;
29       @w_files = map { s#^#./lib/$pragma_name/#$_ } @ARGV
30   }
31 else
32   { @w_files = sort glob(catfile(curdir(), "lib"$pragma_name"*")) }
33 
34 my $files = 0;
35 foreach my $file (@w_files) {
36 
37     next if $file =~ /(~|\.orig|,v)$/;
38     next if $file =~ /perlio$/ && !(find PerlIO::Layer 'perlio');
39     next if -d $file;
40 
41     open my $fh'<'$file or die "Cannot open $file$!\n" ;
42     my $line = 0;
43     while (<$fh>) {
44         $line++;
45   last if /^__END__/ ;
46     }
47 
48     {
49         local $/ = undef;
50         $files++;
51         @prgs = (@prgs$filesplit "\n########\n", <$fh>) ;
52     }
53     close $fh;
54 }
55 
56 $^X = rel2abs($^X);
57 my $tempdir = tempfile;
58 
59 mkdir $tempdir0700 or die "Can't mkdir '$tempdir': $!";
60 chdir $tempdir or die die "Can't chdir '$tempdir': $!";
61 unshift @INC'../../lib';
62 my $cleanup = 1;
63 
64 END {
65     if ($cleanup) {
66   chdir '..' or die "Couldn't chdir .. for cleanup: $!";
67   rmtree($tempdir);
68     }
69 }
70 
71 local $/ = undef;
72 
73 my $tests = $::local_tests || 0;
74 $tests = scalar(@prgs)-$files + $tests if $tests !~ /\D/;
75 plan $tests;    # If input is 'no_plan', pass it on unchanged
76 
77 run_multiple_progs('../..'@prgs);
78 
79 1;
wirelike/dark
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
wirelike/light
https://github.com/zendframework/zf2/tree/master/library/Zend/Log/Writer/Mock.php
 1 <?php
 2 /**
 3  * Zend Framework
 4  *
 5  * LICENSE
 6  *
 7  * This source file is subject to the new BSD license that is bundled
 8  * with this package in the file LICENSE.txt.
 9  * It is also available through the world-wide-web at this URL:
10  * http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd
11  * If you did not receive a copy of the license and are unable to
12  * obtain it through the world-wide-web, please send an email
13  * to license@zend.com so we can send you a copy immediately.
14  *
15  * @category   Zend
16  * @package    Zend_Log
17  * @subpackage Writer
18  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
19  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
20  */
21 
22 /**
23  * @namespace
24  */
25 namespace Zend\Log\Writer;
26 
27 /**
28  * @uses       \Zend\Log\Writer\AbstractWriter
29  * @category   Zend
30  * @package    Zend_Log
31  * @subpackage Writer
32  * @copyright  Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Zend Technologies USA Inc. (http://www.zend.com)
33  * @license    http://framework.zend.com/license/new-bsd    ; New BSD License
34  */
35 class Mock extends AbstractWriter
36 {
37     /**
38      * array of log events
39      *
40      * @var array
41      */
42     public $events = array();
43 
44     /**
45      * shutdown called?
46      *
47      * @var boolean
48      */
49     public $shutdown = false;
50 
51     /**
52      * Write a message to the log.
53      *
54      * @param  array  $event  event data
55      * @return void
56      */
57     public function _write($event)
58     {
59         $this->events[] = $event;
60     }
61 
62     /**
63      * Record shutdown
64      *
65      * @return void
66      */
67     public function shutdown()
68     {
69         $this->shutdown = true;
70     }
71 
72     /**
73      * Create a new instance of Zend_Log_Writer_Mock
74      *
75      * @param  array|\Zend\Config\Config $config
76      * @return \Zend\Log\Writer\Mock
77      */
78     static public function factory($config = array())
79     {
80         return new self();
81     }
82 }
wirelike/dark
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
wirelike/light
https://github.com/django/django/tree/master/tests/regressiontests/localflavor/at/tests.py
 1 from django.contrib.localflavor.at.forms import (ATZipCodeField, ATStateSelect,
 2     ATSocialSecurityNumberField)
 3 
 4 from django.test import SimpleTestCase
 5 
 6 
 7 class ATLocalFlavorTests(SimpleTestCase):
 8     def test_ATStateSelect(self):
 9         f = ATStateSelect()
10         out = u'''<select name="bundesland">
11 <option value="BL">Burgenland</option>
12 <option value="KA">Carinthia</option>
13 <option value="NO">Lower Austria</option>
14 <option value="OO">Upper Austria</option>
15 <option value="SA">Salzburg</option>
16 <option value="ST">Styria</option>
17 <option value="TI">Tyrol</option>
18 <option value="VO">Vorarlberg</option>
19 <option value="WI" selected="selected">Vienna</option>
20 </select>'''
21         self.assertEqual(f.render('bundesland''WI'), out)
22 
23     def test_ATZipCodeField(self):
24         error_format = [u'Enter a zip code in the format XXXX.']
25         valid = {
26             '1150''1150',
27             '4020''4020',
28             '8020''8020',
29         }
30         invalid = {
31             '0000'  : error_format,
32             '0123'  : error_format,
33             '111222': error_format,
34             'eeffee': error_format,
35         }
36         self.assertFieldOutput(ATZipCodeField, valid, invalid)
37 
38     def test_ATSocialSecurityNumberField(self):
39         error_format = [u'Enter a valid Austrian Social Security Number in XXXX XXXXXX format.']
40         valid = {
41             '1237 010180''1237 010180',
42         }
43         invalid = {
44             '1237 010181': error_format,
45             '12370 010180': error_format,
46         }
47         self.assertFieldOutput(ATSocialSecurityNumberField, valid, invalid)
wirelike/dark
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
wirelike/light
https://github.com/rails/rails/tree/master/activesupport/lib/active_support/core_ext/time/marshal.rb
 1 # Pre-1.9 versions of Ruby have a bug with marshaling Time instances, where utc instances are
 2 # unmarshalled in the local zone, instead of utc. We're layering behavior on the _dump and _load
 3 # methods so that utc instances can be flagged on dump, and coerced back to utc on load.
 4 if !Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.now.utc)).utc?
 5   class Time
 6     class << self
 7       alias_method :_load_without_utc_flag:_load
 8       def _load(marshaled_time)
 9         time = _load_without_utc_flag(marshaled_time)
10         time.instance_eval do
11           if defined?(@marshal_with_utc_coercion)
12             val = remove_instance_variable("@marshal_with_utc_coercion")
13           end
14           val ? utc : self
15         end
16       end
17     end
18 
19     alias_method :_dump_without_utc_flag:_dump
20     def _dump(*args)
21       obj = dup
22       obj.instance_variable_set('@marshal_with_utc_coercion', utc?)
23       obj._dump_without_utc_flag(*args)
24     end
25   end
26 end
27 
28 # Ruby 1.9.2 adds utc_offset and zone to Time, but marshaling only
29 # preserves utc_offset. Preserve zone also, even though it may not
30 # work in some edge cases.
31 if Time.local(2010).zone != Marshal.load(Marshal.dump(Time.local(2010))).zone
32   class Time
33     class << self
34       alias_method :_load_without_zone:_load
35       def _load(marshaled_time)
36         time = _load_without_zone(marshaled_time)
37         time.instance_eval do
38           if zone = defined?(@_zone) && remove_instance_variable('@_zone')
39             ary = to_a
40             ary[0] += subsec if ary[0] == sec
41             ary[-1] = zone
42             utc? ? Time.utc(*ary) : Time.local(*ary)
43           else
44             self
45           end
46         end
47       end
48     end
49 
50     alias_method :_dump_without_zone:_dump
51     def _dump(*args)
52       obj = dup
53       obj.instance_variable_set('@_zone', zone)
54       obj._dump_without_zone(*args)
55     end
56   end
57 end
wirelike/dark
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
wirelike/light
https://github.com/harrah/xsbt/tree/master/launch/ResolveValues.scala
 1 /* sbt -- Simple Build Tool
 2  * Copyright 2009  Mark Harrah
 3  */
 4 package xsbt.boot
 5 
 6 import Pre._
 7 import java.io.{File, FileInputStream}
 8 import java.util.Properties
 9 
10 object ResolveValues
11 {
12   def apply(conf: LaunchConfiguration): LaunchConfiguration = (new ResolveValues(conf))()
13   private def trim(s: String) = if(s eq null) None else notEmpty(s.trim)
14   private def notEmpty(s: String) = if(isEmpty(s)) None else Some(s)
15   private def readProperties(propertiesFile: File) =
16   {
17     val properties = new Properties
18     if(propertiesFile.exists)
19       Using( new FileInputStream(propertiesFile) )( properties.load )
20     properties
21   }
22 }
23 
24 import ResolveValues.{readProperties, trim}
25 final class ResolveValues(conf: LaunchConfiguration)
26 {
27   private def propertiesFile = conf.boot.properties
28   private lazy val properties = readProperties(propertiesFile)
29   def apply(): LaunchConfiguration =
30   {
31     import conf._
32     val scalaVersion = resolve(conf.scalaVersion)
33     val appVersion = resolve(app.version)
34     val classifiers = resolveClassifiers(ivyConfiguration.classifiers)
35     withVersions(scalaVersion, appVersion, classifiers)
36   }
37   def resolveClassifiers(classifiers: Classifiers): Classifiers =
38   {
39     import ConfigurationParser.readIDs
40       // the added "" ensures that the main jars are retrieved
41     val scalaClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.forScala)
42     val appClassifiers = "" :: resolve(classifiers.app)
43     Classifiers(new Explicit(scalaClassifiers), new Explicit(appClassifiers))
44   }
45   def resolve[T](v: Value[T])(implicit read: String => T): T =
46     v match
47     {
48       case e: Explicit[t] => e.value
49       case i: Implicit[t] =>
50         trim(properties.getProperty(i.name)) map read orElse
51           i.default getOrElse
52           error("No " + i.name + " specified in " + propertiesFile)
53     }
54 }
wirelike/dark
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
wirelike/light
https://github.com/higepon/mosh/tree/master/misc/scripts/gen-label.scm
 1 (import (rnrs) (match) (except (mosh) make-instruction) (srfi :26))
 2 
 3 (define ash bitwise-arithmetic-shift)
 4 
 5 ;; same as Object::makeInt
 6 (define (make-int i)
 7   (+ (ash i 2) 1))
 8 
 9 (define (make-instruction i)
10   (+ (ash i 5) 14))
11 
12 (define (make-seq s e)
13   (let loop ([s s]
14              [ret '()])
15     (if (> s e)
16         (reverse ret)
17         (loop (+ s 1) (cons s ret)))))
18 
19 (define (print-insn lst op)
20   (define (print x) (display x op) (newline op))
21   (format op "// Do not edit this file generated by ~a\n" (car (command-line)))
22   (format op "static void* dispatch_table[~d] = {\n" (make-instruction (length lst)))
23   (let ((insn-indexes (map make-instruction (make-seq 0 (- (length lst) 1)))))
24     (let loop ([0]
25                [lst lst])
26       (cond
27        [(null? lst)
28         '()]
29        [(memq i insn-indexes)
30         (format op "&&LABEL_~a,\n" (car lst))
31         (loop (+ i 1) (cdr lst))]
32        [else
33         (print "&&LABEL_DEFAULT,")
34         (loop (+ i 1) lst)])))
35   (print "};"))
36 
37 (define (read-input name)
38    (with-input-from-file name
39      (lambda ()
40        (let loop ([obj (read)]
41                   [ret '()])
42          (if (eof-object? obj)
43              (reverse ret)
44              (match obj
45                [('define-insn name n)
46                 (loop (read) (cons name ret))]))))))
47 
48 (let* ((names (cdr (command-line)))
49        (in-name (car names))
50        (out-name (cadr names)))
51   (when (file-exists? out-name) (delete-file out-name))
52   (let ((lst (read-input in-name)))
53     (call-with-output-file 
54       out-name
55       (cut print-insn lst <>)))
56   0)
wirelike/dark
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])
wirelike/light
https://github.com/dyoo/moby-scheme/tree/master/sandbox/old-src/program-resources.ss
 1 #lang scheme/base
 2 
 3 
 4 (require scheme/contract
 5          scheme/class
 6          (only-in scheme/list first second empty)
 7          "collects/moby/runtime/stx.ss"
 8          "compiler/helpers.ss"
 9          "resource.ss")
10 
11 ;; A program/resources consists of program source, and the set of named bitmaps
12 ;; associated to it.
13 ;; TODO: We may expand this definition to handle other resource types like music
14 ;; and other media.
15 (define-struct program/resources (program resources))
16   
17 
18 ;; program/resources->sexp: program/resources -> sexp
19 (define (program/resources->sexp a-program/resources)
20   (list (program->sexp (program/resources-program a-program/resources))
21         (map (lambda (a-resource)
22                (list (send a-resource get-name)
23                      (send a-resource get-bytes)))
24              (program/resources-resources a-program/resources))))
25 
26 
27 ;; sexp->program/resources: sexp -> program/resources
28 (define (sexp->program/resources->sexp an-sexp)
29   (make-program/resources
30    (sexp->program (first an-sexp))
31    (map (lambda (resource-sexp)
32           (new named-bytes-resource% 
33                [name (first resource-sexp)]
34                [bytes (second resource-sexp)]))
35         (second an-sexp))))
36 
37 
38 
39 ;; program/resources-write-bitmaps!: program/resources path -> void
40 (define (program/resources-write-resources! a-program/resources dest-dir)
41   (for ([a-resource  (program/resources-resources a-program/resources)])
42     (send a-resource save! dest-dir)))
43 
44 
45 (provide/contract [struct program/resources 
46                           ([program program?]
47                            [resources (listof (is-a?/c resource<%>))])]
48 
49                   [program/resources->sexp
50                    (program/resources? . -> . any)]
51                   
52                   [program/resources-write-resources!
53                    (program/resources? path-string? . -> . any)])